blob: 4178987e7c8a1ebb58904cee04cf6d9bc6289ef2 [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02005# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006#
7
8Summary:
9========
10
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000011This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000012Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
13processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
14initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
15code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000016
17The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000018the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
19header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000020support booting of Linux images.
21
22Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
23configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
24implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
25add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
26code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
27load and run it dynamically.
28
29
30Status:
31=======
32
33In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000035"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
36
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000037In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +020038who contributed the specific port. The boards.cfg file lists board
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010039maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000040
Robert P. J. Dayadb9d852012-11-14 02:03:20 +000041Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree;
42it can be created dynamically from the Git log using:
43
44 make CHANGELOG
45
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000046
47Where to get help:
48==================
49
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
51U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050052<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
53on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
54Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
55http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
57
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010058Where to get source code:
59=========================
60
61The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
62git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
63http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
64
65The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020066any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010067available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
68directory.
69
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010070Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010071ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
72
73
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000074Where we come from:
75===================
76
77- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000078- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000079- clean up code
80- make it easier to add custom boards
81- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
82- extend functions, especially:
83 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
84 * S-Record download
85 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020086 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000087- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000088- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +020090- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000091
92
93Names and Spelling:
94===================
95
96The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
97"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
98in source files etc.). Example:
99
100 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
101
102File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
103
104 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
105
106 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
107
108Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
109the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
110
111 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
112 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000113
114
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000115Versioning:
116===========
117
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200118Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
119were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
120into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
121names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
122Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
123releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000124
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200125Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000126 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200127 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
128 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000129
130
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000131Directory Hierarchy:
132====================
133
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500134/arch Architecture specific files
Masahiro Yamada6eae68e2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900135 /arc Files generic to ARC architecture
136 /cpu CPU specific files
137 /arc700 Files specific to ARC 700 CPUs
138 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500139 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
140 /cpu CPU specific files
141 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
142 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmann6eb09212011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000143 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200144 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
145 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500146 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
147 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500148 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500149 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
150 /lib Architecture specific library files
151 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
152 /cpu CPU specific files
153 /lib Architecture specific library files
154 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
155 /cpu CPU specific files
156 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500157 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
158 /cpu CPU specific files
159 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
160 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
161 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
162 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
163 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
164 /lib Architecture specific library files
165 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
166 /cpu CPU specific files
167 /lib Architecture specific library files
168 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
169 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200170 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Masahiro Yamada6eae68e2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900171 /mips64 Files specific to MIPS64 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500172 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000173 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
174 /cpu CPU specific files
175 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
176 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500177 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
178 /cpu CPU specific files
179 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400180 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
181 /cpu CPU specific files
182 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200183 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500184 /cpu CPU specific files
185 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
186 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
187 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
188 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500189 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs
190 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
191 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
192 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
193 /lib Architecture specific library files
194 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
195 /cpu CPU specific files
196 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
197 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
198 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
199 /lib Architecture specific library files
200 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
201 /cpu CPU specific files
202 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
203 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
204 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400205 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
206 /cpu CPU specific files
207 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500208/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
209/board Board dependent files
210/common Misc architecture independent functions
211/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
212/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
213/drivers Commonly used device drivers
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400214/dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500215/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
216/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
217/include Header Files
218/lib Files generic to all architectures
219 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
220 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
221 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
222/net Networking code
223/post Power On Self Test
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400224/spl Secondary Program Loader framework
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500225/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000226
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000227Software Configuration:
228=======================
229
230Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
231rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
232
233There are two classes of configuration variables:
234
235* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
236 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
237 "CONFIG_".
238
239* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
240 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
241 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200242 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000243
244Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
245identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
246do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
247links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
248as an example here.
249
250
251Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
252---------------------------------------------------
253
254For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
255configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config".
256
257Example: For a TQM823L module type:
258
259 cd u-boot
260 make TQM823L_config
261
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200262For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000263e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent
264directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
265
266
Simon Glass75b3c3a2014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600267Sandbox Environment:
268--------------------
269
270U-Boot can be built natively to run on a Linux host using the 'sandbox'
271board. This allows feature development which is not board- or architecture-
272specific to be undertaken on a native platform. The sandbox is also used to
273run some of U-Boot's tests.
274
275See board/sandbox/sandbox/README.sandbox for more details.
276
277
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000278Configuration Options:
279----------------------
280
281Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
282such information is kept in a configuration file
283"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
284
285Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
286"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
287
288
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000289Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
290kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
291build a config tool - later.
292
293
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000294The following options need to be configured:
295
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500296- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000297
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500298- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200299
300- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen09ea0de2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100301 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000302
303- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
304 Define exactly one of
305 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
306--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
307 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
308 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
309
310- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
311 Define exactly one of
312 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
313
314- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
315 Define one or more of
316 CONFIG_CMA302
317
318- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
319 Define one or more of
320 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200321 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000322 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
323
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000324- Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined)
325 CONFIG_ADSTYPE
326 Possible values are:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200327 CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS
328 CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS
329 CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR
330 CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000331
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530332- Marvell Family Member
333 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
334 multiple fs option at one time
335 for marvell soc family
336
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000337- MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000338 Define exactly one of
339 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000340
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200341- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000342 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
343 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000344 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
345 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000346 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
347 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000348
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000349- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200350 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
351 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000352 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000353 See doc/README.MPC866
354
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200355 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000356
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000357 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
358 of relying on the correctness of the configured
359 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
360 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
361 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200362 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000363
Heiko Schocher506f3912009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100364 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
365
366 Define this option if you want to enable the
367 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
368
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600369- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sunffd06e02012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000370 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
371
372 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
373 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
374 compliance, among other possible reasons.
375
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600376 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
377
378 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
379 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
380 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
381
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500382 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
383
384 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
385 tree nodes for the given platform.
386
Prabhakar Kushwahaafa6b552012-04-29 23:56:13 +0000387 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
388
389 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
390 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
391 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
392 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
393 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
394 purpose.
395
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000396 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
397
398 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
399 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
400 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
401
402 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
403 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
404
405 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
406 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
407
408 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
409 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
410 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
411 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
412
413 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
414 this erratum.
415
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530416 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
417 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
418 requred during NOR boot.
419
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000420 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
421
422 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
423 according to the A004510 workaround.
424
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530425 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
426 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
427 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
428
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530429 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
430 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
431 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
432
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530433 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
434 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
435 connected to the DSP core.
436
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530437 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
438 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
439
Priyanka Jainb1359912013-12-17 14:25:52 +0530440 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
441 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's.
442 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply
443 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock.
444
Aneesh Bansalfb4a2402014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530445 CONFIG_SYS_CPC_REINIT_F
446 This CONFIG is defined when the CPC is configured as SRAM at the
447 time of U-boot entry and is required to be re-initialized.
448
Tang Yuantianaade2002014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800449 CONFIG_DEEP_SLEEP
450 Inidcates this SoC supports deep sleep feature. If deep sleep is
451 supported, core will start to execute uboot when wakes up.
452
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000453- Generic CPU options:
454 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
455
456 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
457 values is arch specific.
458
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700459 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
460 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
461 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
462 SoCs.
463
464 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
465 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
466
467 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
468 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
469 deskew training are not available.
470
471 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
472 Freescale DDR1 controller.
473
474 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
475 Freescale DDR2 controller.
476
477 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
478 Freescale DDR3 controller.
479
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700480 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN4
481 Freescale DDR4 controller.
482
York Sun9ac4ffb2013-09-30 14:20:51 -0700483 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
484 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
485
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700486 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
487 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
488 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
489 implemetation.
490
491 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
492 Board config to use DDR2. It can be eanbeld for SoCs with
493 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
494 implementation.
495
496 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
497 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700498 Freescale DDR3 or DDR3L controllers.
499
500 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3L
501 Board config to use DDR3L. It can be enabled for SoCs with
502 DDR3L controllers.
503
504 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4
505 Board config to use DDR4. It can be enabled for SoCs with
506 DDR4 controllers.
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700507
Prabhakar Kushwaha1b4175d2014-01-18 12:28:30 +0530508 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE
509 Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian
510
511 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE
512 Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian
513
Prabhakar Kushwaha690e4252014-01-13 11:28:04 +0530514 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI
515 It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image.
516 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
517
518 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW
519 It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image.
520 PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution.
521 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
522
Prabhakar Kushwaha89ad7be2014-04-08 19:13:34 +0530523 CONFIG_SPL_FSL_PBL
524 It adds a target to create boot binary having SPL binary in PBI format
525 concatenated with u-boot binary.
526
York Sun4e5b1bd2014-02-10 13:59:42 -0800527 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE
528 Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian
529
530 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE
531 Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian
532
York Sun6b9e3092014-02-10 13:59:43 -0800533 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY
534 Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the
535 same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for all Power SoCs. But
536 it could be different for ARM SoCs.
537
York Sun6b1e1252014-02-10 13:59:44 -0800538 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B
539 DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special
540 interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape
541 SoCs with ARM core.
542
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100543- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200544 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100545
546 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
547 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
548 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
549
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200550 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200551
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100552 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
553 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200554 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100555 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200556
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200557- MIPS CPU options:
558 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
559
560 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
561 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
562 relocation.
563
564 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
565
566 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
567 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
568 Possible values are:
569 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
570 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
571 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
572 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
573 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
574 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
575 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
576 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
577
578 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
579
580 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
581 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
582
583 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
584
585 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
586 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
587 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
588
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000589- ARM options:
590 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
591
592 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
593 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
594
Aneesh V5356f542012-03-08 07:20:19 +0000595 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
596
597 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
598 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
599 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
600 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
601 GCC.
602
Stephen Warrenc5d47522013-03-04 13:29:40 +0000603 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000604 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230
605 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
606 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
Nitin Gargf71cbfe2014-04-02 08:55:01 -0500607 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_794072
Nitin Gargb7588e32014-04-02 08:55:02 -0500608 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_761320
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000609
610 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early
611 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the
612 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection
613 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not
614 set these options unless they apply!
615
Stephen Warren795659d2013-03-27 17:06:41 +0000616- CPU timer options:
617 CONFIG_SYS_HZ
618
619 The frequency of the timer returned by get_timer().
620 get_timer() must operate in milliseconds and this CONFIG
621 option must be set to 1000.
622
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000623- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000624 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
625
626 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
627 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
628 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
629 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
630 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
631 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
632 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000633 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100634 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000635 default environment.
636
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000637 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
638
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200639 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000640 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
641 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
642
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400643 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200644
645 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400646 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
647 concepts).
648
649 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
650 * New libfdt-based support
651 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500652 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400653
Marcel Ziswilerb55ae402009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200654 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
655 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
656 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
657 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200658 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600659 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200660
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200661 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
662 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500663
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600664 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
665
666 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
667 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000668
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500669 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
670
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200671 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500672 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
673
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200674 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
675
676 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
677 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
678 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
679 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
680 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
681 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
682
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000683 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
684
685 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
686 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
687 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
688 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
689 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
690 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
691 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
692
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100693- vxWorks boot parameters:
694
695 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
696 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
697 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
698
699 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
700 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
701 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
702 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
703
704 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
705
706 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
707
708 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
709 the defaults discussed just above.
710
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000711- Cache Configuration:
712 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
713 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
714 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
715
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000716- Cache Configuration for ARM:
717 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
718 controller
719 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
720 controller register space
721
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000722- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200723 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000724
725 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
726
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200727 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000728
729 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
730
731 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
732
733 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
734 the clock speed of the UARTs.
735
736 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
737
738 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
739 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
740 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
741
John Rigby910f1ae2011-04-19 10:42:39 +0000742 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
743
744 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
745 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
746 this variable to initialize the extra register.
747
748 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
749
750 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
751 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
752 variable to flush the UART at init time.
753
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000754
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000755- Console Interface:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000756 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
757 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
758 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
759 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000760
761 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
762 port routines must be defined elsewhere
763 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
764
765 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
766 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkc53043b2011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000767 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000768 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
769 (default big endian)
770 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
771 rectangle fill
772 (cf. smiLynxEM)
773 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
774 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
775 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
776 (cols=pitch)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000777 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
778 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000779 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
780 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000781 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000782 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
783 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
784 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
785 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
786 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
787 (i.e. i8042_getc)
788 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
789 (requires blink timer
790 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200791 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000792 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
793 upper right corner
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500794 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000795 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
796 upper left corner
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000797 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
798 linux_logo.h for logo.
799 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000800 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200801 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000802 the logo
803
Pali Rohár33a35bb2012-10-19 13:30:09 +0000804 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
805 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
806 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
807
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000808 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
809 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
810 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000811
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000812 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
813 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
814 the "silent" environment variable. See
815 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenka3ad8e22003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000816
Heiko Schocher45ae2542013-10-22 11:06:06 +0200817 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BG_COL: define the backgroundcolor, default
818 is 0x00.
819 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_FG_COL: define the foregroundcolor, default
820 is 0xa0.
821
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000822- Console Baudrate:
823 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
824 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200825 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
826 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000827
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100828- Console Rx buffer length
829 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
830 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher2b3f12c2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100831 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100832 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
833 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
834 the SMC.
835
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000836- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200837 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
838 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
839 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
840 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
841 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
842 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
843 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200844 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200845 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000846
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200847 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
848 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000849
Sonny Rao046a37b2011-11-02 09:52:08 +0000850- Safe printf() functions
851 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
852 the printf() functions. These are defined in
853 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
854 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
855 If this option is not given then these functions will
856 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
857 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
858
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000859- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
860 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
861 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
Joe Hershberger93d72122012-08-17 10:53:12 +0000862 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
863 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000864
865 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
866 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
867 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
868 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
869 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
870 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
871 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
872 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
873 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
874 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
875 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
876 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
877
878- Autoboot Command:
879 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
880 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
881 define a command string that is automatically executed
882 when no character is read on the console interface
883 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
884
885 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000886 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
887 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
888 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000889
890 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000891 The value of these goes into the environment as
892 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
893 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200894 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000895
Heiko Schochereda0ba32013-11-04 14:04:59 +0100896- Bootcount:
897 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
898 Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot
899 cycle, see:
900 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
901
902 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV
903 If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware
904 "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a
905 saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable
906 "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is
907 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is
908 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment.
909 So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available"
910 and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully.
911
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000912- Pre-Boot Commands:
913 CONFIG_PREBOOT
914
915 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
916 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
917 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
918 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
919 entering interactive mode.
920
921 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
922 automatically generated or modified. For an example
923 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
924 modified when the user holds down a certain
925 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
926 booting the systems
927
928- Serial Download Echo Mode:
929 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
930 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
931 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
932 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
933 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
934 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
935 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
936
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500937- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000938 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
939 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200940 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000941
942- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500943 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
944 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warrenc6c621b2012-08-05 16:07:19 +0000945 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
946 commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h>
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500947 and augmenting with additional #define's
948 for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000949
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500950 The default command configuration includes all commands
951 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000952
Marek Vasutb401b732014-03-05 19:58:39 +0100953 CONFIG_CMD_AES AES 128 CBC encrypt/decrypt
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500954 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500955 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
956 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
957 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
958 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
959 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
960 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
Michal Simek08d0d6f2013-11-21 13:39:02 -0800961 CONFIG_CMD_CLK * clock command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500962 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger710b9932010-12-21 14:19:51 -0500963 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500964 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
965 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
966 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tysera7c93102008-12-17 16:36:22 -0600967 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
968 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
969 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
970 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500971 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
972 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser246c6922009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500973 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500974 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
975 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Joe Hershberger5e2b3e02012-12-11 22:16:25 -0600976 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
Joe Hershbergerfffad712012-12-11 22:16:33 -0600977 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
Andrew Ruder88733e22013-10-22 19:07:34 -0500978 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500979 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000980 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
981 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
Stephen Warren16f4d932014-01-24 20:46:37 -0700982 CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC * filesystem commands (e.g. load, ls)
983 that work for multiple fs types
Mike Frysingerbdab39d2009-01-28 19:08:14 -0500984 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500985 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000986 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500987 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
988 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200989 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support
Anton Staaf53fdc7e2012-12-05 14:46:29 +0000990 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
Mike Frysingera641b972010-12-26 23:32:22 -0500991 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsa000b792011-04-05 07:15:14 +0000992 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +0000993 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500994 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
995 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
996 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
997 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
Vipin Kumar8fdf1e02012-12-16 22:32:48 +0000998 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200999 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001000 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -05001001 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershbergerc167cc02012-10-03 11:15:51 +00001002 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001003 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
1004 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
1005 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
1006 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001007 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001008 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
1009 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001010 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
1011 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001012 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -04001013 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Simon Glass15a33e42012-11-30 13:01:20 +00001014 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001015 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
Wolfgang Denka2681702013-03-08 10:51:32 +00001016 loop, loopw
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001017 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001018 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
1019 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
1020 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roese68d7d652009-03-19 13:30:36 +01001021 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001022 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
1023 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001024 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001025 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001026 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001027 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
1028 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
1029 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
1030 host
1031 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
Kenneth Watersff048ea2012-12-05 14:46:30 +00001032 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001033 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
1034 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
Simon Glassd3049312012-12-26 09:53:36 +00001035 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001036 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
1037 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
1038 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
1039 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
1040 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
1041 (4xx only)
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07001042 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001043 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -04001044 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Bob Liu7d861d92013-02-05 19:05:41 +08001045 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02001046 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001047 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7a83af02011-05-17 00:03:40 +00001048 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00001049 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershbergerda83bcd2012-10-03 12:14:57 +00001050 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
1051 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001052 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001053 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasutc8339f52012-03-31 07:47:16 +00001054 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001055 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image
Przemyslaw Marczak89c82302014-04-02 10:20:05 +02001056 CONFIG_CMD_UUID * Generate random UUID or GUID string
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001057
1058 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
1059 support you can write:
1060
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001061 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
1062 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001063
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -04001064 Other Commands:
1065 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001066
1067 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001068 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001069 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
1070 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
1071 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
1072 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
1073 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
1074 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001075
1076
1077 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
1078
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001079- Regular expression support:
1080 CONFIG_REGEX
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001081 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
1082 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
1083 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
1084 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001085
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001086- Device tree:
1087 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
1088 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
1089 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
1090 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
1091 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
1092 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
1093
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001094 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
1095 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +00001096
1097 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
1098 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
1099 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
1100 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
1101 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
1102 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001103
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001104 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
1105 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
1106 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
1107 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
1108
1109 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
1110
1111 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
1112 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
1113 still use the individual files if you need something more
1114 exotic.
1115
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001116- Watchdog:
1117 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
1118 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +00001119 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
1120 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
1121 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
1122 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
1123 available, then no further board specific code should
1124 be needed to use it.
1125
1126 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
1127 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
1128 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
1129 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001130
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001131- U-Boot Version:
1132 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
1133 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
1134 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
1135 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeaua1ea8e52012-08-13 15:01:14 +02001136 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
1137 next reset.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001138
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001139- Real-Time Clock:
1140
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001141 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001142 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
1143 following options:
1144
1145 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1146 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +00001147 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001148 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +00001149 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001150 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +00001151 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +00001152 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +01001153 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +00001154 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001155 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +02001156 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1157 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001158
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001159 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1160 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1161
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001162- GPIO Support:
1163 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001164
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +00001165 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1166 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1167 pins supported by a particular chip.
1168
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001169 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1170 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1171
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001172- Timestamp Support:
1173
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001174 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1175 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1176 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001177 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001178
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001179- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1180 Zero or more of the following:
1181 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1182 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1183 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1184 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1185 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1186 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1187 disk/part_efi.c
1188 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001189
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01001190 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
1191 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001192 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001193
1194- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001195 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1196 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001197
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001198 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1199 be performed by calling the function
1200 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1201 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001202
1203- ATAPI Support:
1204 CONFIG_ATAPI
1205
1206 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1207
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001208- LBA48 Support
1209 CONFIG_LBA48
1210
1211 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001212 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001213 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1214 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1215
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001216 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001217 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1218 Default is 32bit.
1219
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001220- SCSI Support:
1221 At the moment only there is only support for the
1222 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1223 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1224
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001225 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1226 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1227 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001228 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1229 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001230 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001231
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001232 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1233 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
Stefan Reinauer447c0312012-10-29 05:23:48 +00001234
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001235- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001236 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001237 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1238
1239 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1240 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1241 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1242 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1243
1244 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1245 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1246 example with the "sspi" command.
1247
1248 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1249 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1250 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001251
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001252 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001253 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001254
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001255 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1256 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001257 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001258 write routine for first time initialisation.
1259
1260 CONFIG_TULIP
1261 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1262 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1263 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1264
1265 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1266 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1267
1268 CONFIG_NS8382X
1269 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1270
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001271- NETWORK Support (other):
1272
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001273 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1274 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1275
1276 CONFIG_RMII
1277 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1278
1279 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1280 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1281 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1282
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001283 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1284 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1285
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001286 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001287 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1288
1289 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1290 Define this to hold the physical address
1291 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1292
1293 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1294 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1295
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001296 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001297 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1298
1299 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1300 Define this to hold the physical address
1301 of the device (I/O space)
1302
1303 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1304 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1305
1306 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1307 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1308 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1309
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001310 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1311 Support for davinci emac
1312
1313 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1314 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1315
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001316 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1317 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1318
1319 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1320 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1321 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1322 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1323 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1324 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1325 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1326 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1327
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001328 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001329 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1330
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001331 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001332 Define this to hold the physical address
1333 of the device (I/O space)
1334
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001335 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001336 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1337
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001338 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001339 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1340 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001341 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001342
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001343 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1344 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1345
1346 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1347 Define the number of ports to be used
1348
1349 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1350 Define the ETH PHY's address
1351
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001352 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1353 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1354
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001355- TPM Support:
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001356 CONFIG_TPM
1357 Support TPM devices.
1358
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001359 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C
1360 Support for i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
1361 per system is supported at this time.
1362
1363 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BUS_NUMBER
1364 Define the the i2c bus number for the TPM device
1365
1366 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS
1367 Define the TPM's address on the i2c bus
1368
1369 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1370 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1371
Dirk Eibachc01939c2013-06-26 15:55:15 +02001372 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
1373 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1374
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001375 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001376 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1377 per system is supported at this time.
1378
1379 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1380 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1381 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1382 0xfed40000.
1383
Reinhard Pfaube6c1522013-06-26 15:55:13 +02001384 CONFIG_CMD_TPM
1385 Add tpm monitor functions.
1386 Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also
1387 provides monitor access to authorized functions.
1388
1389 CONFIG_TPM
1390 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1391 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1392 Requires support for a TPM device.
1393
1394 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1395 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1396 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1397
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001398- USB Support:
1399 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001400 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001401 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1402 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001403 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001404 storage devices.
1405 Note:
1406 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1407 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001408 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1409 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1410 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001411 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1412 for USB on PSC3
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001413 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1414 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1415 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001416 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1417 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001418 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Weifdcfaa12007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001419 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1420 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001421
Simon Glass9ab4ce22012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001422 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1423 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1424
Kuo-Jung Suaa155052013-05-15 15:29:22 +08001425 CONFIG_USB_HUB_MIN_POWER_ON_DELAY defines the minimum
1426 interval for usb hub power-on delay.(minimum 100msec)
1427
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001428- USB Device:
1429 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1430 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1431 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001432 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001433 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1434 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001435 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001436 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1437 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1438 a Linux host by
1439 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1440 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1441 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1442 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001443
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001444 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1445 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001446
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001447 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1448 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1449 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001450
Vipin KUMARf9da0f82012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301451 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1452 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1453 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1454 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1455 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1456 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1457 speed.
1458
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001459 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001460 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1461 be set to usbtty.
1462
1463 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001464 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001465 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001466 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001467
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001468 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001469 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001470 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001471
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001472 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001473 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001474 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001475 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1476 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1477 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1478
1479 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1480 Define this string as the name of your company for
1481 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001482
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001483 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1484 Define this string as the name of your product
1485 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1486
1487 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1488 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1489 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1490 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1491 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001492
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001493 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1494 Define this as the unique Product ID
1495 for your device
1496 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001497
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001498- ULPI Layer Support:
1499 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1500 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1501 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1502 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1503 viewport is supported.
1504 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1505 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stach6d365ea2012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001506 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1507 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1508 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001509
1510- MMC Support:
1511 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1512 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1513 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1514 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001515 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1516 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001517
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001518 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1519 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1520
1521 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1522 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1523
1524 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1525 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1526
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001527- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
1528 CONFIG_DFU_FUNCTION
1529 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1530
1531 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1532 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1533 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1534 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1535 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1536
1537 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1538 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1539
Pantelis Antoniouc6631762013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001540 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1541 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1542
Afzal Mohammeda9479f02013-09-18 01:15:24 +05301543 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1544 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1545 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1546 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1547 one that would help mostly the developer.
1548
Heiko Schochere7e75c72013-06-12 06:05:51 +02001549 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1550 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1551 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1552 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1553 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1554
Pantelis Antoniouea2453d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001555 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1556 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1557 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1558 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1559 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1560 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1561
Heiko Schocher001a8312014-03-18 08:09:56 +01001562 DFU_DEFAULT_POLL_TIMEOUT
1563 Poll timeout [ms], is the timeout a device can send to the
1564 host. The host must wait for this timeout before sending
1565 a subsequent DFU_GET_STATUS request to the device.
1566
1567 DFU_MANIFEST_POLL_TIMEOUT
1568 Poll timeout [ms], which the device sends to the host when
1569 entering dfuMANIFEST state. Host waits this timeout, before
1570 sending again an USB request to the device.
1571
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001572- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1573 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1574 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1575 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1576
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001577 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1578 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001579 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1580
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001581 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001582 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1583 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1584
1585 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001586 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001587 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1588 have not defined a custom partition
1589
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001590- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1591 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kim656f4c62012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001592
1593 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1594 file in FAT formatted partition.
1595
1596 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1597 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001598
Gabe Black84cd9322012-10-12 14:26:11 +00001599CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1600 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1601
1602 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1603 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1604 and cbfsload.
1605
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001606- Keyboard Support:
1607 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1608
1609 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1610 support
1611
1612 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1613 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1614 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1615 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1616 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1617
Hung-ying Tyan713cb682013-05-15 18:27:32 +08001618 CONFIG_CROS_EC_KEYB
1619 Enables a Chrome OS keyboard using the CROS_EC interface.
1620 This uses CROS_EC to communicate with a second microcontroller
1621 which provides key scans on request.
1622
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001623- Video support:
1624 CONFIG_VIDEO
1625
1626 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1627 video).
1628
1629 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1630
1631 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1632
1633 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001634 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001635 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1636 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1637 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001638
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001639 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001640 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001641 are possible:
1642 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001643 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001644
1645 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1646 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1647 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1648 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1649 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1650 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1651 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001652 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1653
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001654 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001655 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001656
1657
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001658 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001659 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001660 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1661 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1662
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001663 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001664 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001665 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1666 support, and should also define these other macros:
1667
1668 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1669 CONFIG_VIDEO
1670 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1671 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1672 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1673 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1674 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1675 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1676
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001677 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1678 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1679 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1680 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001681
Simon Glass058d59b2012-12-03 13:59:47 +00001682 CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA
1683
1684 Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you
1685 are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer
1686 driver.
1687
1688
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001689- Keyboard Support:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001690 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001691
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001692 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1693 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1694 defined in your board-specific files.
1695 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001696
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001697- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1698
1699 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1700 display); also select one of the supported displays
1701 by defining one of these:
1702
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001703 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1704
1705 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1706
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001707 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001708
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001709 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001710
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001711 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001712
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001713 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1714 Active, color, single scan.
1715
1716 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1717
1718 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001719 Active, color, single scan.
1720
1721 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1722
1723 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1724 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1725
1726 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1727
1728 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1729 Active, color, single scan.
1730
1731 CONFIG_HLD1045
1732
1733 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1734 Active, color, single scan.
1735
1736 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1737
1738 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1739 or
1740 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1741 or
1742 Hitachi SP14Q002
1743
1744 320x240. Black & white.
1745
1746 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001747 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001748
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001749 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1750
1751 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (tyically 4KB). If this is
1752 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1753 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1754 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1755 a per-section basis.
1756
Simon Glass0d89efe2012-10-17 13:24:59 +00001757 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES
1758
1759 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of
1760 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes
1761 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling
1762 is slow.
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001763
Tom Wai-Hong Tam45d7f522012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001764 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1765
1766 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1767
Tom Wai-Hong Tam735987c2012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001768 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1769
1770 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1771 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1772
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001773- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001774
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001775 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1776 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1777 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001778 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001779 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1780 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1781 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1782 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001783
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001784 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1785
1786 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1787 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
Tom Rini1551df32014-02-25 10:27:01 -05001788 (see README.displaying-bmps).
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001789 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1790 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1791 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1792 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1793 there is no need to set this option.
1794
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001795 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1796
1797 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1798 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1799 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1800 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1801 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1802 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1803
1804 Example:
1805 setenv splashpos m,m
1806 => image at center of screen
1807
1808 setenv splashpos 30,20
1809 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1810
1811 setenv splashpos -10,m
1812 => vertically centered image
1813 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1814
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001815- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1816
1817 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1818 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1819 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1820
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001821- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1822
1823 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1824 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1825 bmp command.
1826
Lei Wenf2b96df2012-09-28 04:26:47 +00001827- Do compresssing for memory range:
1828 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
1829
1830 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
1831 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
1832
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001833- Compression support:
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001834 CONFIG_GZIP
1835
1836 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
1837
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001838 CONFIG_BZIP2
1839
1840 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1841 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1842 compressed images are supported.
1843
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001844 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001845 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001846 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001847
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001848 CONFIG_LZMA
1849
1850 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1851 images is included.
1852
1853 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1854 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1855 formula:
1856
1857 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1858
1859 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1860 and Literal pos bits.
1861
1862 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1863 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1864 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1865 a very small buffer.
1866
1867 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1868 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001869 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001870
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001871 CONFIG_LZO
1872
1873 If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images
1874 is included.
1875
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001876- MII/PHY support:
1877 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1878
1879 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1880
1881 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1882
1883 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1884
1885 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1886
1887 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001888 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001889
1890 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1891
1892 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1893 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1894 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1895 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1896
1897 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1898
1899 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1900 command issued before MII status register can be read
1901
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001902- Ethernet address:
1903 CONFIG_ETHADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001904 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001905 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
1906 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001907 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
1908 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001909
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001910 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
1911 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001912 is not determined automatically.
1913
1914- IP address:
1915 CONFIG_IPADDR
1916
1917 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001918 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001919 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001920 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001921
1922- Server IP address:
1923 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1924
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001925 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001926 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001927 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001928
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001929 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1930
1931 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1932 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1933
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001934- Gateway IP address:
1935 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1936
1937 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1938 default router where packets to other networks are
1939 sent to.
1940 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1941
1942- Subnet mask:
1943 CONFIG_NETMASK
1944
1945 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1946 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1947 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1948 forwarded through a router.
1949 (Environment variable "netmask")
1950
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001951- Multicast TFTP Mode:
1952 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1953
1954 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1955 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001956 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001957 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1958 multicast group.
1959
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001960- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1961 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1962
1963 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1964 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1965 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1966 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1967 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1968 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1969 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1970 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001971 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001972
1973 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1974 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1975 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1976 4th and following
1977 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1978
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001979- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001980 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1981 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001982
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001983 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
1984 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
1985 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
1986 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
1987 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
1988 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
1989 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1990 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
1991 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1992 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1993 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1994 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001995 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001996
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001997 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1998 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001999
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00002000 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
2001 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
2002 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
2003 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
2004 is not available.
2005
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002006 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
2007 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
2008 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
2009 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
2010 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
2011 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
2012 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002013 is defined.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002014
2015 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
2016 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
2017 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04002018 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002019 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
2020 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002021
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11002022 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
2023
2024 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
2025 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
2026 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
2027 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
2028 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
2029 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
2030 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
2031 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
2032 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
2033 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
2034 this delay.
2035
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00002036 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
2037 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
2038 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
2039 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
2040 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
2041
2042 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
2043
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002044 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00002045 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002046
2047 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
2048
2049 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
2050
2051 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
2052 of the device.
2053
2054 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
2055
2056 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
2057 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002058 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002059
2060 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
2061
2062 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
2063 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
2064
2065 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
2066
2067 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
2068
2069 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
2070
2071 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
2072
2073 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
2074
2075 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
2076
2077 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
2078
2079 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
2080 device in .1 of milliwatts.
2081
2082 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
2083
2084 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
2085
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002086- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
2087
2088 Several configurations allow to display the current
2089 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
2090 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
2091 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
2092 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
2093 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
2094 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
2095 feature in U-Boot.
2096
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02002097 Additional options:
2098
2099 CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2100 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
2101 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
2102 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2103 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
2104
Igor Grinberg9dfdcdf2013-11-08 01:03:52 +02002105 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
2106 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
2107 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
2108 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
2109 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
2110 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
2111
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002112- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
2113
2114 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
2115 on those systems that support this (optional)
2116 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
2117
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002118- I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002119
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002120 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
2121 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
2122 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
2123 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
2124 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
2125 interface.
2126
2127 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002128 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
2129 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
2130 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
2131 for defining speed and slave address
2132 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
2133 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
2134 for defining speed and slave address
2135 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
2136 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
2137 for defining speed and slave address
2138 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
2139 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
2140 for defining speed and slave address
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002141
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002142 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
2143 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
2144 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
2145 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
2146 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
2147 bus.
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02002148 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002149 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
2150 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
2151 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
2152 second bus.
2153
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002154 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu10cee512013-10-11 16:23:53 +09002155 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
2156 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
2157 100000 and the slave addr 0!
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002158
Dirk Eibach880540d2013-04-25 02:40:01 +00002159 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
2160 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
2161 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2162 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2163
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002164 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
2165 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
2166 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
2167 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
2168 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
2169 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
2170 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
2171 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
2172 If thoses defines are not set, default value is 100000
2173 for speed, and 0 for slave.
2174
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu1086bfa2013-09-27 16:58:30 +09002175 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
2176 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
2177 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
2178
2179 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
2180 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
2181 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
2182 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
2183 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
2184 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
2185 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
2186 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
2187 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
2188
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09002189 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
2190 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
2191 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
2192
2193 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
2194 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
2195 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
2196 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
2197 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
2198 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
2199 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
2200 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
2201 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
2202 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
2203 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE5 for setting the register channel 5
2204 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED5 for for the speed channel 5
2205 - CONFIF_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for nummber of i2c buses
2206
Heiko Schocher6789e842013-10-22 11:03:18 +02002207 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
2208 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
2209 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
2210 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
2211 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
2212 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
2213 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
2214 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
2215 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
2216 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
2217 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
2218 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
2219
Heiko Schocher0bdffe72013-11-08 07:30:53 +01002220 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c
2221 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ
2222 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting
2223 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr
2224
Naveen Krishna Che717fc62013-12-06 12:12:38 +05302225 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c:
2226 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0
2227 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420
2228 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung)
2229 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0!
2230
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002231 additional defines:
2232
2233 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
2234 Hold the number of i2c busses you want to use. If you
2235 don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this
2236 is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can
2237 omit this define.
2238
2239 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
2240 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
2241 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
2242 omit this define.
2243
2244 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
2245 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
2246 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
2247 define.
2248
2249 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
2250 hold a list of busses you want to use, only used if
2251 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
2252 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
2253 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
2254
2255 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2256 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
2257 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
2258 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
2259 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
2260 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
2261 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2262 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
2263 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
2264 }
2265
2266 which defines
2267 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002268 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
2269 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
2270 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
2271 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
2272 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002273 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002274 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
2275 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002276
2277 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
2278
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002279- Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002280
2281 NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which
2282 provides the following compelling advantages:
2283
2284 - more than one i2c adapter is usable
2285 - approved multibus support
2286 - better i2c mux support
2287
2288 ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. **
2289
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002290 These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining
2291 CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver
2292 for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002293
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002294 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05002295 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002296 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
2297 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002298 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002299
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002300 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002301
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002302 There are several other quantities that must also be
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002303 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002304
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002305 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002306 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002307 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002308 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002309
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002310 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002311 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002312 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
2313 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
2314 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002315
Eric Millbrandt5da71ef2009-09-03 08:09:44 -05002316 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
2317
2318 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2319 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2320 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
2321 commands until the slave device responds.
2322
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002323 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002324
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002325 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002326 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
2327 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002328
2329 I2C_INIT
2330
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002331 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002332 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002333
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002334 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002335
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002336 I2C_PORT
2337
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002338 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
2339 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
2340 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002341
2342 I2C_ACTIVE
2343
2344 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
2345 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
2346 define can be null.
2347
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002348 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
2349
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002350 I2C_TRISTATE
2351
2352 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
2353 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
2354 define can be null.
2355
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002356 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
2357
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002358 I2C_READ
2359
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002360 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
2361 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002362
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002363 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
2364
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002365 I2C_SDA(bit)
2366
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002367 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
2368 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002369
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002370 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002371 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002372 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002373
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002374 I2C_SCL(bit)
2375
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002376 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
2377 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002378
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002379 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002380 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002381 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002382
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002383 I2C_DELAY
2384
2385 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
2386 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002387 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002388 like:
2389
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002390 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002391
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04002392 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2393
2394 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2395 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2396 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2397 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2398
2399 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2400 the generic GPIO functions.
2401
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002402 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002403
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002404 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2405 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2406 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2407 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2408 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2409 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2410 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2411 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002412
Richard Retanubun26a33502010-04-12 15:08:17 -04002413 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
2414
2415 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
2416 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
2417 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
2418 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
2419 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
2420 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
2421 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
2422 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
2423
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002424 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2425
2426 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
2427 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
2428 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
2429
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002430 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2431
2432 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002433 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2434 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002435 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2436
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002437 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002438
2439 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002440 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05002441 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2442 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002443
2444 e.g.
2445 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002446 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002447
2448 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2449
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002450 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002451 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002452
2453 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2454
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002455 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002456
2457 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2458 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2459
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002460 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002461
2462 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2463 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2464
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002465 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002466
2467 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2468 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2469
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002470 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo9ebbb542008-09-09 15:13:29 -07002471
2472 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2473 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2474 specified DTT device.
2475
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002476 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2477
2478 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2479 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2480 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2481 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2482 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2483 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2484 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002485
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002486- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2487
2488 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2489 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2490 D/As on the SACSng board)
2491
Yoshihiro Shimoda66395622011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002492 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2493
2494 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2495 only SH7757 is supported.
2496
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002497 CONFIG_SPI_X
2498
2499 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2500 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2501
2502 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2503
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002504 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2505 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2506 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2507 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2508 defined, the board configuration must define several
2509 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2510 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002511
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002512 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2513
2514 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2515 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2516 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002517 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002518 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2519
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002520 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2521
2522 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevam2e3cd1c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002523 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002524
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002525- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
2526
2527 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2528
2529 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2530
2531 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2532 (ALTERA, XILINX)
2533
2534 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
2535
2536 Enables support for FPGA family.
2537 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2538
2539 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002540
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002541 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002542
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002543 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002544
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002545 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002546
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002547 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002548
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002549 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2550 status by the configuration function. This option
2551 will require a board or device specific function to
2552 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002553
2554 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2555
2556 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2557 configuration driver.
2558
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002559 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002560 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2561
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002562 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002563
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002564 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2565 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2566 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2567 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002568
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002569 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002570
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002571 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert
2572 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II
2573 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002574 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002575
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002576 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002577
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002578 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002579 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002580
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002581 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002582
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002583 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002584 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002585
2586- Configuration Management:
2587 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2588
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002589 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2590 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002591
2592- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2593
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002594 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2595 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002596 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002597 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2598 protects these variables from casual modification by
2599 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2600 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002601 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002602
2603 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2604 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002605 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002606 these parameters.
2607
2608 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
2609 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002610 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002611 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2612 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2613 read-only.]
2614
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002615 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2616 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2617 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2618 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2619
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002620- Protected RAM:
2621 CONFIG_PRAM
2622
2623 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2624 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2625 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2626 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2627 this default value by defining an environment
2628 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2629 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2630 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2631 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2632 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2633 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2634 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2635
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002636 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002637 saveenv
2638
2639 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2640 either, which results in a memory region that will
2641 not be affected by reboots.
2642
2643 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2644 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2645 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2646 following board configurations are known to be
2647 "pRAM-clean":
2648
Wolfgang Denk1b0757e2012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002649 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2650 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Wolfgang Denk544d97e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002651 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002652
Gabe Black40fef042012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002653- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2654 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2655 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2656 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2657 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2658 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2659 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2660
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002661- Error Recovery:
2662 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2663
2664 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2665 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2666 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002667 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002668 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2669 useful during development since you can try to debug
2670 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2671
2672 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2673
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002674 This variable defines the number of retries for
2675 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2676 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2677 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002678
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002679 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2680
2681 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2682
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi48a3e992012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002683 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2684
2685 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2686 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2687 try longer timeout such as
2688 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2689
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002690- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002691 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk04a85b32004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002692
2693 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2694
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01002695 Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet
2696 for the "hush" shell.
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002697
2698
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002699 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002700
2701 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from
2702 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling
2703 powerful command line syntax like
2704 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||'
2705 constructs ("shell scripts").
2706
2707 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour
2708 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint.
2709
2710
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002711 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002712
2713 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2714 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2715 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2716
2717 Note:
2718
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002719 In the current implementation, the local variables
2720 space and global environment variables space are
2721 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2722 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2723 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2724 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2725 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002726
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002727 Global environment variables are those you use
2728 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2729 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2730 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002731
2732 To store commands and special characters in a
2733 variable, please use double quotation marks
2734 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2735 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2736 symbols.
2737
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002738- Commandline Editing and History:
2739 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2740
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002741 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Wolfgang Denkb9365a22006-07-21 11:56:05 +02002742 commandline input operations
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002743
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002744- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002745 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2746
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002747 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2748 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002749 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002750
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002751 For example, place something like this in your
2752 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002753
2754 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2755 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2756 "myvar2=value2\0"
2757
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002758 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2759 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2760 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2761 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002762 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002763 You better know what you are doing here.
2764
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002765 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2766 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002767 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002768 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002769
Stephen Warren5e724ca2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00002770 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2771
2772 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2773 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2774 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2775
2776 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2777
2778 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2779 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2780 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2781 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2782 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2783
Tom Rini7e27f892012-10-24 07:28:16 +00002784 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2785
2786 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2787 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
2788 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
2789
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002790 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2791
2792 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
2793 intialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
2794 that so that the environment is not available until
2795 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2796 this is instead controlled by the value of
2797 /config/load-environment.
2798
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002799- DataFlash Support:
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002800 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2801
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002802 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2803 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2804 commands cp, md...
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002805
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002806- Serial Flash support
2807 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2808
2809 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2810 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2811
2812 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2813 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2814 commands.
2815
2816 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2817 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2818 flash is present on the system.
2819
2820 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2821 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2822 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2823 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2824
Simon Glass24007272012-10-08 13:16:02 +00002825 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
2826
2827 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
2828 test ('sf test').
2829
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki1dcd6d02013-06-19 15:33:58 +05302830 CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR Ban/Extended Addr Reg
2831
2832 Define this option to use the Bank addr/Extended addr
2833 support on SPI flashes which has size > 16Mbytes.
2834
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Tekib902e072014-01-11 15:25:04 +05302835 CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH Dual flash memories
2836
2837 Define this option to use dual flash support where two flash
2838 memories can be connected with a given cs line.
2839 currently Xilinx Zynq qspi support these type of connections.
2840
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002841- SystemACE Support:
2842 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2843
2844 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2845 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002846 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002847 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002848
2849 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002850 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002851
2852 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2853 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2854
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002855- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2856 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2857
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002858 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002859 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002860 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002861 number generator is used.
2862
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002863 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2864 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2865 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2866
2867 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002868 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2869 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2870 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2871 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2872 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2873 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2874
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00002875- Hashing support:
2876 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
2877
2878 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
2879 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
2880
2881 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
2882
2883 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
2884 size a little.
2885
2886 CONFIG_SHA1 - support SHA1 hashing
2887 CONFIG_SHA256 - support SHA256 hashing
2888
2889 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
2890 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
2891
Robert Winklera11f1872013-07-24 17:57:06 -07002892- Freescale i.MX specific commands:
2893 CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT
2894 This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an
2895 HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific.
2896
2897 CONFIG_CMD_BMODE
2898 This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing
2899 a boot from specific media.
2900
2901 This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to
2902 activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating
2903 on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal
2904 will set it back to normal. This command currently
2905 supports i.MX53 and i.MX6.
2906
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07002907- Signing support:
2908 CONFIG_RSA
2909
2910 This enables the RSA algorithm used for FIT image verification
Detlev Zundel8bf2aad2014-01-20 16:21:46 +01002911 in U-Boot. See doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more information.
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07002912
2913 The signing part is build into mkimage regardless of this
2914 option.
2915
Heiko Schocher9e50c402014-01-25 07:27:13 +01002916- bootcount support:
2917 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
2918
2919 This enables the bootcounter support, see:
2920 http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
2921
2922 CONFIG_AT91SAM9XE
2923 enable special bootcounter support on at91sam9xe based boards.
2924 CONFIG_BLACKFIN
2925 enable special bootcounter support on blackfin based boards.
2926 CONFIG_SOC_DA8XX
2927 enable special bootcounter support on da850 based boards.
2928 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_RAM
2929 enable support for the bootcounter in RAM
2930 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_I2C
2931 enable support for the bootcounter on an i2c (like RTC) device.
2932 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RTC_ADDR = i2c chip address
2933 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_ADDR = i2c addr which is used for
2934 the bootcounter.
2935 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALEN = address len
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07002936
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002937- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002938 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2939
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002940 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2941 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2942 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2943 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2944 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2945 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002946
Simon Glass3a608ca2012-02-13 13:51:19 +00002947- Detailed boot stage timing
2948 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE
2949 Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage
2950 of the boot process.
2951
2952 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT
2953 This is the number of available user bootstage records.
2954 Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...)
2955 a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed
2956 the limit, recording will stop.
2957
2958 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT
2959 Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this:
2960
2961 Timer summary in microseconds:
2962 Mark Elapsed Stage
2963 0 0 reset
2964 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start
2965 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9
2966 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done
2967 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start
2968 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop
2969 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start
2970 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel
2971
Simon Glass2eba38c2012-09-28 08:56:39 +00002972 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE
2973 Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report
2974 and un/stashing of bootstage data.
2975
Simon Glass94fd1312012-09-28 08:56:37 +00002976 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT
2977 Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage'
2978 node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child
2979 has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the
2980 mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the
2981 accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds.
2982 For example:
2983
2984 bootstage {
2985 154 {
2986 name = "board_init_f";
2987 mark = <3575678>;
2988 };
2989 170 {
2990 name = "lcd";
2991 accum = <33482>;
2992 };
2993 };
2994
2995 Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree.
2996
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002997Legacy uImage format:
2998
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002999 Arg Where When
3000 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003001 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003002 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003003 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003004 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003005 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003006 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
3007 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
3008 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003009 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003010 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
3011 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
3012 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
3013 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003014 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003015 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003016
3017 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3018 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
3019 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
3020 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
3021 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
3022 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
3023 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003024 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003025 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
3026 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
3027
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003028 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003029
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003030 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd52004-02-27 00:07:27 +00003031 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
3032 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00003033
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003034 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
3035 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
3036 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
3037 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
3038 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
3039 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3040 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
3041 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
3042 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
3043 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
3044 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3045 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
3046 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3047 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
3048 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
3049 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
3050 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
3051 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
3052 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
3053 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
3054 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
3055 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
3056 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
3057 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
3058 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
3059 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
3060 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3061 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
3062 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
3063 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
3064 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
3065 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
3066 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
3067 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
3068 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
3069 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
3070 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
3071 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
3072 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
3073 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3074 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
3075 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3076 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
3077 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
3078 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
3079 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
3080 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003081
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003082 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003083
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003084 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003085 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
3086 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00003087
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003088 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
3089 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003090 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003091 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
3092 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
3093 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02003094 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
3095 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003096 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003097
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003098FIT uImage format:
3099
3100 Arg Where When
3101 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
3102 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
3103 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
3104 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
3105 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
3106 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01003107 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003108 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
3109 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
3110 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
3111 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
3112 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003113 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
3114 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003115 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
3116 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
3117 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
3118 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
3119 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
3120 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
3121 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
3122 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
3123
3124 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3125 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
3126 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003127 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003128 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
3129 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
3130 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
3131 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
3132 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
3133 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
3134 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
3135 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
3136 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
3137 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
3138 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
3139 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
3140
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003141 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003142 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
3143
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003144 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003145 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
3146
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003147 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003148 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
3149
Gabe Blackd95f6ec2012-10-25 16:31:10 +00003150- FIT image support:
3151 CONFIG_FIT
3152 Enable support for the FIT uImage format.
3153
3154 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH
3155 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the
3156 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of
3157 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the
3158 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node.
3159 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored.
3160
Simon Glass3e569a62013-06-13 15:10:00 -07003161 CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE
3162 This option enables signature verification of FIT uImages,
3163 using a hash signed and verified using RSA. See
3164 doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more details.
3165
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003166- Standalone program support:
3167 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
3168
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02003169 This option defines a board specific value for the
3170 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
3171 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003172 settings.
3173
3174- Frame Buffer Address:
3175 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
3176
3177 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denk44a53b52013-01-03 00:43:59 +00003178 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
3179 when using a graphics controller has separate video
3180 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
3181 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
3182 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
3183 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
3184 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003185
3186 Please see board_init_f function.
3187
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01003188- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
3189 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
3190 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
3191 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
3192
3193 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
3194 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
3195
3196- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
3197 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
3198
3199 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
3200 Needed for mtdparts command support.
3201
3202 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
3203
3204 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
3205 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
3206
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003207- UBI support
3208 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
3209
3210 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
3211 with the UBI flash translation layer
3212
3213 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
3214
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003215 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3216
3217 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
3218 warnings and errors enabled.
3219
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003220- UBIFS support
3221 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
3222
3223 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
3224 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
3225
3226 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
3227
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003228 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3229
3230 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
3231 warnings and errors enabled.
3232
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003233- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003234 CONFIG_SPL
3235 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003236
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003237 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
3238 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
3239
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003240 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
3241 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
3242 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
3243 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003244 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003245 must not be both defined at the same time.
3246
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003247 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003248 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
3249 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
3250 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
3251 not exceed it.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003252
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003253 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
3254 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003255
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003256 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
3257 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
3258 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
3259
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003260 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
3261 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
3262
3263 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003264 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
3265 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
3266 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003267 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003268 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003269
3270 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
3271 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
3272
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003273 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
3274 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
3275 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
3276 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
3277
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003278 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
3279 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
3280
3281 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
3282 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003283
Tom Rini47f7bca2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07003284 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
3285 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
3286 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
3287 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
3288
Tom Rini861a86f2012-08-13 11:37:56 -07003289 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
3290 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
3291 about the running system.
3292
Scott Wood4b919722012-09-20 16:35:21 -05003293 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
3294 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
3295
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003296 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
3297 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003298
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003299 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
3300 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003301
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003302 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
3303 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003304
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003305 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
3306 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003307
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003308 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
3309 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003310
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003311 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
3312 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
3313 CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION
3314 Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
3315 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
3316
Peter Korsgaard2b75b0a2013-05-13 08:36:29 +00003317 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
3318 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
3319 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
3320
3321 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
3322 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
3323 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
3324 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
3325 (for falcon mode)
3326
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003327 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
3328 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
3329
3330 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
3331 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT
3332
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003333 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
3334 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
3335 from FAT (for Falcon mode)
3336
3337 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
3338 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
3339 when reading from FAT (for Falcon mode)
3340
Scott Wood06f60ae2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00003341 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
3342 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
3343 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
3344 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
3345 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
3346
Prabhakar Kushwaha651fcf62014-04-08 19:12:31 +05303347 CONFIG_SPL_SKIP_RELOCATE
3348 Avoid SPL relocation
3349
Scott Wood6f2f01b2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05003350 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
3351 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
3352 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
3353
3354 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
3355 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
3356
3357 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
3358 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
3359
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003360 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003361 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
3362 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003363
Ying Zhangbb0dc102013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003364 CONFIG_SPL_MPC8XXX_INIT_DDR_SUPPORT
3365 Set for the SPL on PPC mpc8xxx targets, support for
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -07003366 drivers/ddr/fsl/libddr.o in SPL binary.
Ying Zhangbb0dc102013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003367
Ying Zhang7c8eea52013-08-16 15:16:12 +08003368 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
3369 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
3370 SPL binary.
3371
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003372 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
3373 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
3374 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
3375 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
3376 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
3377 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003378 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003379
Prabhakar Kushwahafbe76ae2013-12-11 12:42:11 +05303380 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT
3381 Add support NAND boot
3382
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003383 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003384 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
3385
3386 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
3387 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
3388
3389 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
3390 Size of image to load
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003391
3392 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003393 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003394
3395 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3396 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
3397 data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms.
3398
3399 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
3400 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
3401 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
3402
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003403 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
3404 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003405
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003406 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
3407 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003408
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003409 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
3410 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003411
Pavel Machekc57b9532012-08-30 22:42:11 +02003412 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
3413 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
3414
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003415 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
3416 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003417
Ying Zhangba1bee42013-05-20 14:07:25 +08003418 CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT
3419 Support for the environment operating in SPL binary
3420
3421 CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT
3422 Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary.
3423 It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by
3424 CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE
3425
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003426 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeau6113d3f2013-04-11 09:35:49 +00003427 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
3428 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3429 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3430 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3431 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003432
Scott Woodca2fca22012-09-21 16:27:32 -05003433 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
3434 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
3435 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
3436 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
3437
Simon Glass87ebee32013-05-08 08:05:59 +00003438 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3439 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3440 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3441 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3442 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3443
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003444- TPL framework
3445 CONFIG_TPL
3446 Enable building of TPL globally.
3447
3448 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
3449 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
3450 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02003451 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3452 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3453 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003454
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003455Modem Support:
3456--------------
3457
Wolfgang Denk566e5cf2011-05-01 20:44:23 +02003458[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003459
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003460- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003461 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
3462
3463- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
3464 CONFIG_HWFLOW
3465
3466- Modem debug support:
3467 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
3468
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003469 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
3470 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003471
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003472- Interrupt support (PPC):
3473
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003474 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3475 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003476 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003477 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003478 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003479 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003480 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003481 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3482 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3483 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003484
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003485- General:
3486
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003487 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
3488 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
3489 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003490 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003491 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
3492 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
3493 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003494
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003495 If there are no modem init strings in the
3496 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
3497 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003498 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003499
3500 See also: doc/README.Modem
3501
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00003502Board initialization settings:
3503------------------------------
3504
3505During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3506to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3507before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3508following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3509architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3510typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3511
3512- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3513- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3514- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3515- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003516
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003517Configuration Settings:
3518-----------------------
3519
York Sun4d1fd7f2014-02-26 17:03:19 -08003520- CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit.
3521 Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands.
3522
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003523- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003524 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3525
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06003526- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3527 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3528
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003529- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003530 prompt for user input.
3531
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003532- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003533
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003534- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003535
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003536- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003537
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003538- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003539 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3540 booted
3541
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003542- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003543 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3544
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003545- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003546 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003547
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003548- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003549 If the board specific function
3550 extern int overwrite_console (void);
3551 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003552 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
3553
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003554- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003555 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003556
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003557- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003558 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
3559
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003560- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003561 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3562 simple memory test.
3563
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003564- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003565 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003566
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003567- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00003568 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3569 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3570
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003571- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
3572 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003573 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003574 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003575 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3576 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3577 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003578 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003579 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003580 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003581
3582 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3583 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3584 be touched.
3585
3586 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3587 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3588 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3589 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3590 problems.
3591
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003592- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003593 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3594
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003595- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003596 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3597
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003598- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003599 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
3600 Cogent motherboard)
3601
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003602- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003603 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3604
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003605- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003606 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3607 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02003608 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003609 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003610
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003611- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003612 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3613 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3614 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3615 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003616
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003617- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003618 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3619
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003620- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003621 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3622 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003623 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003624 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3625
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003626- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003627 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3628 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003629 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3630 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003631 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003632 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003633 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003634 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3635 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3636 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003637
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06003638- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
3639 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
3640 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
3641 is enabled.
3642
3643- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
3644 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
3645 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3646
3647- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
3648 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
3649 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3650
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003651- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003652 Max number of Flash memory banks
3653
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003654- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003655 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
3656
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003657- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003658 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
3659
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003660- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003661 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
3662
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003663- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003664 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
3665
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003666- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003667 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
3668
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003669- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003670 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
3671 instead of U-Boot software protection.
3672
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003673- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003674
3675 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
3676 without this option such a download has to be
3677 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
3678 copy from RAM to flash.
3679
3680 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
3681 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003682 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
3683 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003684 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
3685
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003686- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003687 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003688 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
3689
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02003690- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003691 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
3692 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003693
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01003694- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
3695 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
3696 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
3697 to the MTD layer.
3698
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003699- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02003700 Use buffered writes to flash.
3701
3702- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
3703 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
3704 write commands.
3705
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003706- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01003707 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
3708 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
3709 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
3710 optionally available.
3711
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05003712- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
3713 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
3714 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
3715 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
3716
Stefan Roese352ef3f2013-04-04 15:53:14 +02003717- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
3718 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
3719 against the source after the write operation. An error message
3720 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
3721 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
3722 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
3723 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
3724 this option if you really know what you are doing.
3725
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003726- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003727 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
3728 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003729 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
3730 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003731 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003732 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
3733
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003734- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
3735
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02003736 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
3737 internally to store the environment settings. The default
3738 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
3739 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
3740 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003741
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003742- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3743- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003744 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003745 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
3746 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
3747 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
3748
3749 The format of the list is:
3750 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003751 access_atribute = [a|r|o|c]
3752 attributes = type_attribute[access_atribute]
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003753 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
3754 list = entry[,list]
3755
3756 The type attributes are:
3757 s - String (default)
3758 d - Decimal
3759 x - Hexadecimal
3760 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
3761 i - IP address
3762 m - MAC address
3763
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003764 The access attributes are:
3765 a - Any (default)
3766 r - Read-only
3767 o - Write-once
3768 c - Change-default
3769
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003770 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3771 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
3772 envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
3773
3774 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3775 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
3776 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
3777 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
3778 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
3779 ".flags" variable.
3780
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003781- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
3782 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
3783 access flags.
3784
Simon Glass5c1a7ea2013-03-08 13:45:27 +00003785- CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD
3786 This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the
3787 architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards
3788 to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the
3789 arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and
3790 common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture
3791 must support it (i.e. must define __HAVE_ARCH_GENERIC_BOARD in
3792 its config.mk file). If you find problems enabling this option on
3793 your board please report the problem and send patches!
3794
Lokesh Vutla0b1b60c2013-04-17 20:49:40 +00003795- CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only)
3796 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should
3797 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how
3798 the value can be calulated on a given board.
Simon Glass632efa72013-03-11 07:06:48 +00003799
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003800The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
3801of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
3802following configurations:
3803
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00003804- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
3805
3806 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
3807 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
3808
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003809- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003810
3811 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
3812
3813 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
3814 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
3815 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
3816 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
3817 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
3818 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
3819 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
3820 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
3821 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
3822 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
3823 between U-Boot and the environment.
3824
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003825 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003826
3827 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
3828 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
3829 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
3830 for this sector is given here.
3831
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003832 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003833
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003834 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003835
3836 This is just another way to specify the start address of
3837 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003838 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003839
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003840 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003841
3842 Size of the sector containing the environment.
3843
3844
3845 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
3846 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
3847 the environment.
3848
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003849 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003850
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003851 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003852 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003853 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
3854 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
3855
3856 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
3857 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
3858 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
3859 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
3860 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
3861 updating the environment in flash makes it always
3862 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
3863 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
3864 RAM, your target system will be dead.
3865
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003866 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
3867 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003868
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003869 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003870 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenk3e386912003-04-05 00:53:31 +00003871 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003872 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003873
3874BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
3875source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
3876accordingly!
3877
3878
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD9314cee2008-09-10 22:47:59 +02003879- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003880
3881 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
3882 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
3883 environment.
3884
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003885 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3886 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003887
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003888 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003889 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
3890 can just be read and written to, without any special
3891 provision.
3892
3893BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
3894in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003895console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003896U-Boot will hang.
3897
3898Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
3899environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
3900keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
3901to save the current settings.
3902
3903
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDbb1f8b42008-09-05 09:19:30 +02003904- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003905
3906 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
3907 device and a driver for it.
3908
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003909 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3910 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003911
3912 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
3913 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
3914
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003915 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003916 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
3917 The default address is zero.
3918
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003919 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003920 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
3921 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
3922 would require six bits.
3923
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003924 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003925 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003926 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003927
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003928 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003929 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
3930 that this is NOT the chip address length!
3931
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003932 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003933 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
3934 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
3935 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
3936 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
3937 byte chips.
3938
3939 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
3940 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
3941 in the chip address.
3942
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003943 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003944 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
3945
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003946 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
3947 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
3948 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
3949
3950 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
3951 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
3952 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
3953 EEPROM. For example:
3954
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01003955 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003956
3957 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
3958 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003959
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD057c8492008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003960- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003961
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003962 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003963 want to use for the environment.
3964
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003965 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3966 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3967 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003968
3969 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
3970 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
3971 at the specified address.
3972
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003973- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
3974
3975 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
3976 want to use for the local device's environment.
3977
3978 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3979 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3980
3981 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
3982 environment area within the remote memory space. The
3983 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003984 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003985
3986BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
3987"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003988environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
3989but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003990
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD51bfee12008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003991- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003992
3993 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
3994 for the environment.
3995
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003996 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3997 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003998
3999 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004000 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
4001 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004002
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004003 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004004
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004005 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004006 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
4007 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004008 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004009 aligned to an erase block boundary.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004010
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004011 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
4012
4013 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
4014 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
4015 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
4016 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
4017 the range to be avoided.
4018
4019 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
4020
4021 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
4022 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
4023 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
4024 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
4025 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004026
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02004027- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
4028
4029 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
4030 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
4031 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4032
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00004033- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
4034
4035 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
4036 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
4037 accesses, which is important on NAND.
4038
4039 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
4040
4041 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
4042
4043 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
4044
4045 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
4046 environment in.
4047
Joe Hershberger785881f2013-04-08 10:32:52 +00004048 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
4049
4050 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
4051 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
4052 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
4053
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00004054 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
4055 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
4056
4057 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
4058 when storing the env in UBI.
4059
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004060- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC:
4061
4062 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the
4063 environment.
4064
4065 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV:
4066
4067 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in.
4068
4069 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional):
4070
4071 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not
4072 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be
4073 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition).
4074
4075 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4076 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4077
4078 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
4079 area within the specified MMC device.
4080
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004081 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to
4082 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated
4083 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if
4084 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have
4085 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the
4086 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the
4087 maximum possible space before it, to store other data.
4088
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004089 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an
4090 MMC sector boundary.
4091
4092 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4093
4094 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to
4095 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a
4096 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due
4097 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
4098
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004099 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the
4100 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET.
4101
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004102 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to
4103 an MMC sector boundary.
4104
4105 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional):
4106
4107 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is
4108 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as
4109 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4110
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004111- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004112
4113 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
4114 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
4115 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
4116 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
4117 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
4118 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
4119 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
4120
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07004121Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004122has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denkcdb74972010-07-24 21:55:43 +02004123created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004124until then to read environment variables.
4125
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004126The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
4127is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
4128with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
4129necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
4130"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
4131have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004132
4133Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
4134the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004135use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004136
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004137- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004138 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004139
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004140 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004141 also needs to be defined.
4142
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004143- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004144 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004145
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08004146- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
4147 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
4148 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
4149 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
4150 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
4151 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
4152
Simon Glassb2b92f52012-11-30 13:01:18 +00004153- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
4154 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
4155 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
4156 to do this.
4157
Simon Glasse2e3e2b2012-11-30 13:01:19 +00004158- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
4159 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
4160 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
4161 present.
4162
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004163Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00004164---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004165
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004166- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004167 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
4168
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004169- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004170 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00004171
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004172 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
4173 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
4174 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004175
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004176- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
4177 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
4178 PowerPC SOCs.
4179
4180- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
4181 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
4182 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
4183
4184 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
4185 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
4186
4187- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
4188 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
4189 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004190 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004191 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
4192 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
4193 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
4194
4195 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
4196 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
4197
4198- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02004199 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
4200 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004201 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4202 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4203
4204- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
4205 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
4206 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4207 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4208
4209- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
4210 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
4211 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
4212
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004213- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004214 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004215
4216 the default drive number (default value 0)
4217
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004218 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004219
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004220 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004221 (default value 1)
4222
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004223 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004224
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004225 defines the offset of register from address. It
4226 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004227 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004228
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004229 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
4230 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004231 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004232
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004233 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004234 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
4235 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
4236 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant
4237 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004238
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00004239- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
4240 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
4241 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
4242 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
4243 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
4244 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
4245 is requierd.
4246
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004247- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004248 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenk25d67122004-12-10 11:40:40 +00004249 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004250
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004251- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004252
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00004253 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004254 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
4255 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
4256 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
4257 will become available only after programming the
4258 memory controller and running certain initialization
4259 sequences.
4260
4261 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
4262 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
4263 - MPC824X: data cache
4264 - PPC4xx: data cache
4265
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004266- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004267
4268 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004269 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
4270 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004271 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02004272 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004273 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
4274 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
4275 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004276
4277 Note:
4278 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
4279 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004280 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004281 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
4282 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
4283
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004284- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004285
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004286- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004287
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004288- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004289
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004290- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004291
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004292- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004293
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004294- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004295
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004296- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004297 SDRAM timing
4298
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004299- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004300 periodic timer for refresh
4301
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004302- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004303
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004304- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
4305 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
4306 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
4307 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004308 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
4309
4310- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004311 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
4312 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004313 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
4314
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004315- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
4316 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004317 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
4318 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
4319
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004320- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004321 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4322 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
4323
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004324- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherb423d052008-01-11 01:12:07 +01004325 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4326 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
4327
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004328- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004329 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4330 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
4331
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004332- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004333 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
4334 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
4335 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
4336
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004337- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004338 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
4339 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
4340 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
4341 cpm_8260.h.
wdenkea909b72002-11-21 23:11:29 +00004342
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004343- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4344 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
4345 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
4346 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4347 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
4348 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
4349 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
4350 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004351 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenk5d232d02003-05-22 22:52:13 +00004352
Dirk Eibach9cacf4f2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01004353- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
4354 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
4355 required.
4356
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004357- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
4358 Only scan through and get the devices on the busses.
4359 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
4360 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
4361 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
4362 by coreboot or similar.
4363
Gabor Juhos842033e2013-05-30 07:06:12 +00004364- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
4365 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
4366
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004367- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
4368 Chip has SRIO or not
4369
4370- CONFIG_SRIO1:
4371 Board has SRIO 1 port available
4372
4373- CONFIG_SRIO2:
4374 Board has SRIO 2 port available
4375
Liu Gangc8b28152013-05-07 16:30:46 +08004376- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
4377 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
4378
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004379- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
4380 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4381
4382- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
4383 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4384
4385- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
4386 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4387
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004388- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
4389 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
4390 a 16 bit bus.
4391 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004392 Example of drivers that use it:
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004393 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004394 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04004395
4396- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
4397 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
4398 a default value will be used.
4399
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004400- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004401 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
4402 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
4403
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004404 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
4405 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
4406
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004407- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004408 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
4409 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
4410 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004411
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08004412- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
4413 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
4414 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
4415 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
4416 header files or board specific files.
4417
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07004418- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
4419 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
4420
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004421- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004422 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
4423 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06004424
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004425- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
4426 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
4427
4428- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
4429 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00004430 to the given FEC; i. e.
4431 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004432 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
4433
4434 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
4435
4436- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
4437 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
4438 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
4439
4440- CONFIG_RMII
4441 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
4442 Note that this is a global option, we can't
4443 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
4444
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004445- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
4446 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
4447 The syntax is:
4448
4449 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
4450
4451 Where address/count indicate a memory area
4452 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
4453 area should have.
4454
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004455- CONFIG_LOOPW
4456 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004457 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004458
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004459- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
4460 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
4461 "md/mw" commands.
4462 Examples:
4463
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004464 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004465 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
4466
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004467 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004468 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
4469
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004470 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004471 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004472
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004473- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004474 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004475 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
4476 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
4477 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004478
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004479 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
4480 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
4481 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
4482 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004483
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00004484- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02004485 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4486 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
4487 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00004488
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08004489- CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
4490 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4491 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
4492 It is loaded by the SPL.
4493
Ying Zhang5df572f2013-05-20 14:07:23 +08004494- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
4495 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
4496 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
4497 previous 4k of the .text section.
4498
Simon Glass4213fc22013-02-24 17:33:14 +00004499- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
4500 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
4501 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
4502 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
4503 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
4504 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
4505 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
4506 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
4507
Matthias Weisserd8834a12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00004508- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
4509 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
4510 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
4511 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
4512 conditions but may increase the binary size.
4513
Simon Glass588a13f2013-02-14 04:18:54 +00004514- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
4515 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
4516 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Blackb16f5212012-11-27 21:08:06 +00004517
Mark Jacksonfc337052013-03-04 01:27:20 +00004518- CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
4519 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
4520
4521 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
Gabe Black5b5ece92012-11-29 16:23:41 +00004522
Heiko Schocher16678eb2013-11-04 14:05:00 +01004523- CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC:
4524 Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms
4525
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004526Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
4527-----------------------------------
4528
4529The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
4530loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
4531This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4532are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4533within that device.
4534
Zhao Qiangdcf1d772014-03-21 16:21:44 +08004535- CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR
4536 The address in the storage device where the FMAN microcode is located. The
4537 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4538 is also specified.
4539
4540- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_ADDR
4541 The address in the storage device where the QE microcode is located. The
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004542 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4543 is also specified.
4544
4545- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
4546 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4547 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4548 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
4549 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
4550
4551- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
4552 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
4553 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
4554 virtual address in NOR flash.
4555
4556- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
4557 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
4558 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
4559
4560- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
4561 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
4562 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4563
4564- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
4565 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
4566 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4567
Liu Gang292dc6c2012-03-08 00:33:18 +00004568- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
4569 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
4570 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004571 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
4572 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
4573 master's memory space.
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004574
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004575Building the Software:
4576======================
4577
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004578Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
4579and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
4580all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
4581(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
4582recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
4583which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004584
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004585If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
4586have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
4587you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
4588Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
4589necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004590
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004591 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
4592 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004593
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05004594Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
4595 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
4596 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
4597 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
4598
4599 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
4600
4601 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
4602 be executed on computers running Windows.
4603
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004604U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
4605sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004606is done by typing:
4607
4608 make NAME_config
4609
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004610where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004611rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00004612
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004613Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
4614 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
4615 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
4616 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004617 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004618
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004619 make TQM823L_config
4620 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004621
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004622 make TQM823L_LCD_config
4623 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004624
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004625 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004626
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004627
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004628Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
4629images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004630
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004631- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
4632- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
4633- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004634
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004635By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
4636in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
4637this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
4638
46391. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
4640
4641 make O=/tmp/build distclean
4642 make O=/tmp/build NAME_config
4643 make O=/tmp/build all
4644
46452. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location:
4646
4647 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4648 make distclean
4649 make NAME_config
4650 make all
4651
4652Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment
4653variable.
4654
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004655
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004656Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
4657for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
4658native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004659
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004660
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004661If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
4662to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
4663steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004664
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000046651. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004666 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
4667 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000046682. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
4669 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
4670 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
46713. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
4672 your board
46733. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
4674 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
46754. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name.
46765. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
4677 to be installed on your target system.
46786. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
4679 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004680
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004681
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004682Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
4683==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004684
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004685If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
4686or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004687provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
4688the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004689official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004690
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004691But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
4692cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004693the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
4694just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004695for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
4696select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
4697environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
4698you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004699
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004700 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004701
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004702or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004703
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004704 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004705
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004706When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
4707U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
4708setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
4709built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
4710<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
4711location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
4712variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004713
4714 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4715 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
4716 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
4717
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004718With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
4719log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
4720during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004721
4722
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004723See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004724
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004725
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004726Monitor Commands - Overview:
4727============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004728
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004729go - start application at address 'addr'
4730run - run commands in an environment variable
4731bootm - boot application image from memory
4732bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004733bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004734tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
4735 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
4736 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00004737tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004738rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
4739diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
4740loads - load S-Record file over serial line
4741loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
4742md - memory display
4743mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
4744nm - memory modify (constant address)
4745mw - memory write (fill)
4746cp - memory copy
4747cmp - memory compare
4748crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05004749i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004750sspi - SPI utility commands
4751base - print or set address offset
4752printenv- print environment variables
4753setenv - set environment variables
4754saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
4755protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
4756erase - erase FLASH memory
4757flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc10635af2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00004758nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004759bdinfo - print Board Info structure
4760iminfo - print header information for application image
4761coninfo - print console devices and informations
4762ide - IDE sub-system
4763loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004764loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004765mtest - simple RAM test
4766icache - enable or disable instruction cache
4767dcache - enable or disable data cache
4768reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
4769echo - echo args to console
4770version - print monitor version
4771help - print online help
4772? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004773
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004774
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004775Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
4776========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004777
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004778TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004779
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004780For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004781
4782
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004783Environment Variables:
4784======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004785
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004786U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
4787can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004788
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004789Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
4790"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
4791without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
4792environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
4793working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
4794environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004795
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004796Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
4797
4798List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004799
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004800 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004801
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004802 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004803
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004804 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004805
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004806 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004807
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004808 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004809
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004810 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4811 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4812 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
4813 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
4814 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
4815 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004816 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
4817 bootm_mapsize.
4818
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004819 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004820 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
4821 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
4822 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
4823 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
4824 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
4825 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004826
4827 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4828 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4829 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
4830 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
4831 environment variable.
4832
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02004833 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
4834 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
4835 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
4836
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004837 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
4838 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
4839 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
4840 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004841
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004842 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
4843 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
4844 be automatically started (by internally calling
4845 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004846
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004847 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
4848 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
4849 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
4850 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
4851 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004852
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004853 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
4854 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00004855 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
4856 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
4857 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
4858 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
4859 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
4860 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
4861 access it during the boot procedure.
4862
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004863 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
4864 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
4865 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
4866 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
4867 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
4868 must be accessible by the kernel.
4869
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00004870 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
4871 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
4872 defined.
4873
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00004874 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
4875 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
4876 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
4877 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
4878 it must be saved and board must be reset.
4879
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004880 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
4881 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
4882 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
4883 is usually what you want since it allows for
4884 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
4885 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004886 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004887 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
4888 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
4889 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
4890 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004891
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004892 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
4893 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
4894 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
4895 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
4896 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
4897 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004898
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004899 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004900
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004901 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
4902 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
4903 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
4904 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
4905 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
4906 boot time on your system, but requires that this
4907 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00004908
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004909 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004910
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004911 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
4912 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004913
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004914 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004915
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004916 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00004917
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004918 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004919
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004920 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004921
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004922 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004923
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004924 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004925
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004926 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
4927 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004928
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02004929 => setenv ethact FEC
4930 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
4931 => setenv ethact SCC
4932 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004933
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01004934 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
4935 available network interfaces.
4936 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
4937
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004938 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004939 either succeed or fail without retrying.
4940 When set to "once" the network operation will
4941 fail when all the available network interfaces
4942 are tried once without success.
4943 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
4944 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004945
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01004946 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01004947
Simon Glass8d51aac2013-07-16 20:10:00 -07004948 silent_linux - If set then linux will be told to boot silently, by
4949 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
4950 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
4951 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
4952 is silent.
4953
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004954 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02004955 UDP source port.
4956
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004957 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
4958 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
4959
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004960 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
4961 we use the TFTP server's default block size
4962
4963 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
4964 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
4965 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
4966 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
4967 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
4968 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
4969 with unreliable TFTP servers.
4970
4971 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004972 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004973 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004974
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004975The following image location variables contain the location of images
4976used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
4977not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
4978variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
4979server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
4980loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
4981flash or offset in NAND flash.
4982
4983*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
4984boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
4985boards use these variables for other purposes.
4986
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004987Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
4988----- --------- ----------- --------------
4989u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
4990Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
4991device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
4992ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004993
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004994The following environment variables may be used and automatically
4995updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
4996depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004997
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004998 bootfile - see above
4999 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
5000 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
5001 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
5002 hostname - Target hostname
5003 ipaddr - see above
5004 netmask - Subnet Mask
5005 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
5006 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005007
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005008
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005009There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005010
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005011 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
5012 as type string and/or serial number
5013 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005014
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005015These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
5016the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
5017once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005018
5019
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005020Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005021
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005022 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
5023 with the "version" command. This variable is
5024 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005025
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005026
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005027Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
5028only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005029
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005030
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005031Callback functions for environment variables:
5032---------------------------------------------
5033
5034For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
5035when their values are changed. This functionailty allows functions to
5036be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
5037deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
5038effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
5039
5040The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
5041U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
5042
5043These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
5044static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
5045in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
5046associations. The list must be in the following format:
5047
5048 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
5049 list = entry[,list]
5050
5051If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
5052Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
5053
5054Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
5055with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
5056override any association in the static list. You can define
5057CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
5058".callbacks" envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
5059
5060
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005061Command Line Parsing:
5062=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005063
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005064There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
5065the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005066
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005067Old, simple command line parser:
5068--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005069
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005070- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
5071- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005072- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005073- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
5074 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005075 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005076- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
5077 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005078
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005079Hush shell:
5080-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005081
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005082- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
5083 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
5084 until...do...done, ...
5085- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
5086 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
5087 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
5088 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005089
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005090General rules:
5091--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005092
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005093(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
5094 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
5095 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
5096 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005097
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005098(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005099 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005100 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
5101 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005102
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005103Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
5104=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005105
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005106Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005107such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
5108"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005109
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005110Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
5111MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
5112"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005113
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005114If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
5115in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
5116ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
5117variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005118
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005119o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
5120 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005121
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005122o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
5123 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
5124 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005125
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005126o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
5127 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005128
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005129o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
5130 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
5131 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005132
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005133o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
5134 is raised.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005135
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005136If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005137will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005138may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
5139The naming convention is as follows:
5140"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005141
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005142Image Formats:
5143==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005144
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01005145U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
5146images in two formats:
5147
5148New uImage format (FIT)
5149-----------------------
5150
5151Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
5152to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
5153components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
5154SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
5155
5156
5157Old uImage format
5158-----------------
5159
5160Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
5161preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
5162details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005163
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005164* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
5165 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05005166 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
5167 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
5168 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk7b64fef2006-10-24 14:21:16 +02005169* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005170 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
5171 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005172* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
5173* Load Address
5174* Entry Point
5175* Image Name
5176* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005177
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005178The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
5179and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
5180CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005181
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005182
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005183Linux Support:
5184==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005185
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005186Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
5187easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
5188U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005189
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005190U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
5191special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
5192"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
5193instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
5194serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005195
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005196- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
5197 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
5198 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005199
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005200- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
5201 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005202
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005203- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
5204 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
5205 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
5206 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
5207 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
5208 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005209
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005210
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005211Linux HOWTO:
5212============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005213
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005214Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
5215---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005216
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005217U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
5218configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
5219(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
5220Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005221
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005222But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005223
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005224Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
5225include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02005226Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
5227and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005228as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005229
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005230
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005231Configuring the Linux kernel:
5232-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005233
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005234No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
5235device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005236
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005237
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005238Building a Linux Image:
5239-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005240
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005241With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
5242not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
5243"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
5244U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
5245which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
5246100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005247
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005248Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005249
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005250 make TQM850L_config
5251 make oldconfig
5252 make dep
5253 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005254
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005255The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
5256encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
5257CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005258
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005259* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005260
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005261* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005262
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005263 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
5264 -R .note -R .comment \
5265 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005266
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005267* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005268
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005269 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005270
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005271* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005272
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005273 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
5274 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
5275 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005276
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005277
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005278The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
5279with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
5280combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
5281byte header containing information about target architecture,
5282operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
5283stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005284
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005285"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
5286print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005287
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005288In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
5289contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
5290checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005291
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005292 tools/mkimage -l image
5293 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005294
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005295The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
5296from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005297
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005298 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
5299 -n name -d data_file image
5300 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
5301 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
5302 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5303 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
5304 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
5305 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
5306 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
5307 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005308
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00005309Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
5310address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
5311kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005312
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005313- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
5314- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005315
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005316So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005317
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005318 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5319 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005320 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005321 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
5322 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5323 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5324 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5325 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5326 Load Address: 0x00000000
5327 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005328
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005329To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005330
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005331 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
5332 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5333 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5334 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5335 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5336 Load Address: 0x00000000
5337 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005338
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005339NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
5340speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
5341needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
5342need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005343
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005344 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005345 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5346 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005347 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005348 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
5349 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5350 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5351 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
5352 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
5353 Load Address: 0x00000000
5354 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005355
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005356
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005357Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
5358when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005359
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005360 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
5361 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
5362 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
5363 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5364 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
5365 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5366 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
5367 Load Address: 0x00000000
5368 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005369
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07005370The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i"
5371option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d"
5372option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file"
5373from the image:
5374
5375 tools/dumpimage -i image -p position data_file
5376 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file', \
5377 indexed by 'position'
5378
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005379
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005380Installing a Linux Image:
5381-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005382
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005383To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
5384you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005385
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005386 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005387
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005388The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
5389image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
5390address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
5391specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
5392command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005393
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005394Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
5395TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005396
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005397 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005398
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005399 .......... done
5400 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005401
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005402 => loads 40100000
5403 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5404 ~>examples/image.srec
5405 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
5406 ...
5407 15989 15990 15991 15992
5408 [file transfer complete]
5409 [connected]
5410 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005411
5412
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005413You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005414this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005415corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005416
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005417 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005418
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005419 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5420 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5421 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5422 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5423 Load Address: 00000000
5424 Entry Point: 0000000c
5425 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005426
5427
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005428Boot Linux:
5429-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005430
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005431The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
5432memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
5433of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
5434parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
5435"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005436
5437
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005438 => printenv bootargs
5439 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005440
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005441 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005442
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005443 => printenv bootargs
5444 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005445
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005446 => bootm 40020000
5447 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
5448 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
5449 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5450 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
5451 Load Address: 00000000
5452 Entry Point: 0000000c
5453 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5454 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5455 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
5456 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5457 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5458 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5459 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
5460 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005461
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005462If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005463the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
5464format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005465
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005466 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005467
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005468 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5469 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5470 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5471 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5472 Load Address: 00000000
5473 Entry Point: 0000000c
5474 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005475
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005476 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
5477 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5478 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5479 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5480 Load Address: 00000000
5481 Entry Point: 00000000
5482 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005483
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005484 => bootm 40100000 40200000
5485 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
5486 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5487 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5488 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5489 Load Address: 00000000
5490 Entry Point: 0000000c
5491 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5492 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5493 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
5494 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5495 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5496 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5497 Load Address: 00000000
5498 Entry Point: 00000000
5499 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5500 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
5501 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
5502 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
5503 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5504 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5505 ...
5506 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
5507 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005508
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005509 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005510
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005511Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
5512-----------
5513
5514First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
5515titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
5516following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
5517flat device tree:
5518
5519=> print oftaddr
5520oftaddr=0x300000
5521=> print oft
5522oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
5523=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
5524Speed: 1000, full duplex
5525Using TSEC0 device
5526TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
5527Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
5528Load address: 0x300000
5529Loading: #
5530done
5531Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
5532=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
5533Speed: 1000, full duplex
5534Using TSEC0 device
5535TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
5536Filename 'uImage'.
5537Load address: 0x200000
5538Loading:############
5539done
5540Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
5541=> print loadaddr
5542loadaddr=200000
5543=> print oftaddr
5544oftaddr=0x300000
5545=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
5546## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005547 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
5548 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5549 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005550 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005551 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005552 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5553 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5554Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
5555Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
5556Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
5557[snip]
5558
5559
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005560More About U-Boot Image Types:
5561------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005562
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005563U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005564
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005565 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
5566 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
5567 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
5568 the Standalone Program.
5569 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
5570 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
5571 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
5572 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
5573 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
5574 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
5575 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
5576 being started.
5577 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
5578 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
5579 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
5580 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
5581 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
5582 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005583
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005584 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
5585 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
5586 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
5587 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
5588 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
5589 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005590
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005591 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
5592 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
5593 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005594
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005595 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
5596 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
5597 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
5598 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005599
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00005600Booting the Linux zImage:
5601-------------------------
5602
5603On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
5604using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
5605as the syntax of "bootm" command.
5606
Tom Rini8ac28562013-05-16 11:40:11 -04005607Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut017e1f32012-03-18 11:47:58 +00005608kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
5609address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
5610format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
5611
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005612
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005613Standalone HOWTO:
5614=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005615
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005616One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
5617run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
5618U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005619
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005620Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005621
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005622"Hello World" Demo:
5623-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005624
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005625'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
5626application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
5627It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
5628like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005629
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005630 => loads
5631 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5632 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
5633 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5634 [file transfer complete]
5635 [connected]
5636 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005637
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005638 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
5639 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5640 Hello World
5641 argc = 7
5642 argv[0] = "40004"
5643 argv[1] = "Hello"
5644 argv[2] = "World!"
5645 argv[3] = "This"
5646 argv[4] = "is"
5647 argv[5] = "a"
5648 argv[6] = "test."
5649 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
5650 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005651
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005652 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005653
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005654Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
5655handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
5656Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
5657The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
5658character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
5659controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005660
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005661 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
5662 b - enable interrupts and start timer
5663 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
5664 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005665
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005666 => loads
5667 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5668 ~>examples/timer.srec
5669 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5670 [file transfer complete]
5671 [connected]
5672 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005673
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005674 => go 40004
5675 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5676 TIMERS=0xfff00980
5677 Using timer 1
5678 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005679
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005680Hit 'b':
5681 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
5682 Enabling timer
5683Hit '?':
5684 [q, b, e, ?] ........
5685 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
5686Hit '?':
5687 [q, b, e, ?] .
5688 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
5689Hit '?':
5690 [q, b, e, ?] .
5691 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
5692Hit '?':
5693 [q, b, e, ?] .
5694 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
5695Hit 'e':
5696 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
5697Hit 'q':
5698 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005699
5700
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005701Minicom warning:
5702================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005703
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005704Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
5705"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
5706consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
5707Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
5708especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pince53515a2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00005709use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
5710http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
5711for help with kermit.
5712
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005713
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005714Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
5715configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005716
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005717 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
5718 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
5719 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005720
5721
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005722NetBSD Notes:
5723=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005724
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005725Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
5726(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005727
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005728Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
5729NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
5730need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
5731Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
5732attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
5733missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005734
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005735 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
5736 # mkdir powerpc
5737 # ln -s powerpc machine
5738 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
5739 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005740
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005741Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
5742and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005743
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005744Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
5745stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
5746proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
5747tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00005748meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005749
5750
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005751Implementation Internals:
5752=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005753
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005754The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
5755implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
5756inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
5757hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005758
5759
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005760Initial Stack, Global Data:
5761---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005762
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005763The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
5764starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
5765system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
5766This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
5767is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
5768at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
5769options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
5770models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
5771MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
5772locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005773
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005774 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005775 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005776
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005777 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
5778 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
5779 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
5780 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005781
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005782 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
5783 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
5784 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
5785 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
5786 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005787 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005788 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
5789 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005790
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005791 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
5792 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005793 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005794 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
5795 board designers haven't used it for something that would
5796 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
5797 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005798
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005799 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005800 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
5801 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02005802 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005803 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
5804 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
5805 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
5806 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
5807 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005808
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005809 -Chris Hallinan
5810 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005811
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005812It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
5813code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005814
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005815* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
5816 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005817
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005818* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005819 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
5820 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005821
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005822* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
5823 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005824
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005825Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
5826normal global data to share information beween the code. But it
5827turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
5828simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
5829functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
5830functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
5831the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
5832place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
5833reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005834
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005835When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
5836relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
5837GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005838
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005839For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
5840 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005841 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005842 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
5843 R5-R10: parameter passing
5844 R13: small data area pointer
5845 R30: GOT pointer
5846 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005847
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01005848 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
5849 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
5850 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005851
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005852 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005853
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005854 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
5855 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
5856 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
5857 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
5858 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
5859 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005860
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005861On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005862 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
5863
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005864 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005865
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005866On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005867
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005868 R0: function argument word/integer result
5869 R1-R3: function argument word
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02005870 R9: platform specific
5871 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005872 R11: argument (frame) pointer
5873 R12: temporary workspace
5874 R13: stack pointer
5875 R14: link register
5876 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005877
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02005878 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
5879
5880 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005881
Thomas Chou0df01fd2010-05-21 11:08:03 +08005882On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
5883 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
5884
5885 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
5886
5887 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
5888 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
5889
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005890On NDS32, the following registers are used:
5891
5892 R0-R1: argument/return
5893 R2-R5: argument
5894 R15: temporary register for assembler
5895 R16: trampoline register
5896 R28: frame pointer (FP)
5897 R29: global pointer (GP)
5898 R30: link register (LP)
5899 R31: stack pointer (SP)
5900 PC: program counter (PC)
5901
5902 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
5903
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02005904NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
5905or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005906
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005907Memory Management:
5908------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005909
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005910U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
5911MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005912
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005913The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
5914controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
5915memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
5916physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005917
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005918U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
5919TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
5920booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
5921to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005922memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005923configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
5924Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005925
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005926Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
5927of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005928
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005929So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
5930this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005931
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005932 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
5933 :
5934 0x0000 1FFF
5935 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
5936 :
5937 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005938
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005939 :
5940 :
5941 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
5942 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
5943 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
5944 :
5945 0x00FD FFFF
5946 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
5947 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
5948 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
5949 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005950
5951
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005952System Initialization:
5953----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005954
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005955In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005956(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005957configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory.
5958To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
5959To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
5960initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
5961which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
5962part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
5963the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005964
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005965Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
5966preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
5967(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
5968on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
5969programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
5970simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
5971banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005972
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005973When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
5974different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
5975bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
59760x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
5977contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005978
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005979Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
5980and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
5981Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
5982pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005983
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005984Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
5985until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
5986running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
5987new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005988
5989
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005990U-Boot Porting Guide:
5991----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005992
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005993[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
5994list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005995
5996
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005997int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005998{
5999 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006000
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006001 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
6002 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006003
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006004 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006005 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006006 return 0;
6007 }
6008
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006009 Download latest U-Boot source;
6010
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006011 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006012
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006013 if (clueless)
6014 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006015
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006016 while (learning) {
6017 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006018 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
6019 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006020 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006021 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006022 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006023
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006024 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
6025 Buy a BDI3000;
6026 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006027 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006028
6029 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
6030 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
6031 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
6032 } else {
6033 Create your own board support subdirectory;
6034 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006035 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006036 Edit new board/<myboard> files
6037 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006038
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006039 while (!accepted) {
6040 while (!running) {
6041 do {
6042 Add / modify source code;
6043 } until (compiles);
6044 Debug;
6045 if (clueless)
6046 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
6047 }
6048 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
6049 if (reasonable critiques)
6050 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
6051 else
6052 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006053 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006054
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006055 return 0;
6056}
6057
6058void no_more_time (int sig)
6059{
6060 hire_a_guru();
6061}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006062
6063
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006064Coding Standards:
6065-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006066
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006067All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006068coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006069"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006070
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006071Source files originating from a different project (for example the
6072MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
6073reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
6074sources.
6075
6076Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
6077Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
6078in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006079
6080Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
6081- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006082- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006083- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006084- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006085- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
6086
6087Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
6088with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006089
6090
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006091Submitting Patches:
6092-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006093
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006094Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
6095establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
6096may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006097
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02006098Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006099
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006100Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
6101see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
6102
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006103When you send a patch, please include the following information with
6104it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006105
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006106* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
6107 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
6108 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006109
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006110* For new features: a description of the feature and your
6111 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006112
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006113* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
6114
6115* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
6116
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +02006117* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
6118 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006119
6120* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
6121 document these in the README file.
6122
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006123* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
6124 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006125 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006126 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
6127 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006128
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006129 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
6130 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
6131 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006132
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006133 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
6134 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
6135 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
6136 affected files).
6137
6138 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
6139 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006140
6141* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
6142 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
6143
6144* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
6145 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
6146
6147
6148Notes:
6149
6150* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
6151 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
6152 for any of the boards.
6153
6154* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
6155 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
6156 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
6157
6158* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
6159 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
6160 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
6161 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
6162 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
6163 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00006164
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006165* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
6166 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
6167 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
6168 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.